linux_dsm_epyc7002/fs/nfs/client.c

1355 lines
34 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/* client.c: NFS client sharing and management code
*
* Copyright (C) 2006 Red Hat, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
* Written by David Howells (dhowells@redhat.com)
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*/
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/sched.h>
#include <linux/time.h>
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/mm.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <linux/stat.h>
#include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/unistd.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/addr.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/clnt.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/stats.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/metrics.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtsock.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/xprtrdma.h>
#include <linux/nfs_fs.h>
#include <linux/nfs_mount.h>
#include <linux/nfs4_mount.h>
#include <linux/lockd/bind.h>
#include <linux/seq_file.h>
#include <linux/mount.h>
#include <linux/vfs.h>
#include <linux/inet.h>
#include <linux/in6.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 15:04:11 +07:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/idr.h>
#include <net/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/nfs_xdr.h>
#include <linux/sunrpc/bc_xprt.h>
#include <linux/nsproxy.h>
#include <linux/pid_namespace.h>
#include "nfs4_fs.h"
#include "callback.h"
#include "delegation.h"
#include "iostat.h"
#include "internal.h"
#include "fscache.h"
#include "pnfs.h"
#include "nfs.h"
#include "netns.h"
#define NFSDBG_FACILITY NFSDBG_CLIENT
static DECLARE_WAIT_QUEUE_HEAD(nfs_client_active_wq);
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(nfs_version_lock);
static DEFINE_MUTEX(nfs_version_mutex);
static LIST_HEAD(nfs_versions);
/*
* RPC cruft for NFS
*/
static const struct rpc_version *nfs_version[5] = {
[2] = NULL,
[3] = NULL,
[4] = NULL,
};
const struct rpc_program nfs_program = {
.name = "nfs",
.number = NFS_PROGRAM,
.nrvers = ARRAY_SIZE(nfs_version),
.version = nfs_version,
.stats = &nfs_rpcstat,
.pipe_dir_name = NFS_PIPE_DIRNAME,
};
struct rpc_stat nfs_rpcstat = {
.program = &nfs_program
};
static struct nfs_subversion *find_nfs_version(unsigned int version)
{
struct nfs_subversion *nfs;
spin_lock(&nfs_version_lock);
list_for_each_entry(nfs, &nfs_versions, list) {
if (nfs->rpc_ops->version == version) {
spin_unlock(&nfs_version_lock);
return nfs;
}
}
spin_unlock(&nfs_version_lock);
return ERR_PTR(-EPROTONOSUPPORT);
}
struct nfs_subversion *get_nfs_version(unsigned int version)
{
struct nfs_subversion *nfs = find_nfs_version(version);
if (IS_ERR(nfs)) {
mutex_lock(&nfs_version_mutex);
request_module("nfsv%d", version);
nfs = find_nfs_version(version);
mutex_unlock(&nfs_version_mutex);
}
if (!IS_ERR(nfs) && !try_module_get(nfs->owner))
return ERR_PTR(-EAGAIN);
return nfs;
}
void put_nfs_version(struct nfs_subversion *nfs)
{
module_put(nfs->owner);
}
void register_nfs_version(struct nfs_subversion *nfs)
{
spin_lock(&nfs_version_lock);
list_add(&nfs->list, &nfs_versions);
nfs_version[nfs->rpc_ops->version] = nfs->rpc_vers;
spin_unlock(&nfs_version_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(register_nfs_version);
void unregister_nfs_version(struct nfs_subversion *nfs)
{
spin_lock(&nfs_version_lock);
nfs_version[nfs->rpc_ops->version] = NULL;
list_del(&nfs->list);
spin_unlock(&nfs_version_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(unregister_nfs_version);
/*
* Allocate a shared client record
*
* Since these are allocated/deallocated very rarely, we don't
* bother putting them in a slab cache...
*/
struct nfs_client *nfs_alloc_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *cl_init)
{
struct nfs_client *clp;
struct rpc_cred *cred;
int err = -ENOMEM;
if ((clp = kzalloc(sizeof(*clp), GFP_KERNEL)) == NULL)
goto error_0;
clp->cl_nfs_mod = cl_init->nfs_mod;
if (!try_module_get(clp->cl_nfs_mod->owner))
goto error_dealloc;
clp->rpc_ops = clp->cl_nfs_mod->rpc_ops;
atomic_set(&clp->cl_count, 1);
clp->cl_cons_state = NFS_CS_INITING;
memcpy(&clp->cl_addr, cl_init->addr, cl_init->addrlen);
clp->cl_addrlen = cl_init->addrlen;
if (cl_init->hostname) {
err = -ENOMEM;
clp->cl_hostname = kstrdup(cl_init->hostname, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!clp->cl_hostname)
goto error_cleanup;
}
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&clp->cl_superblocks);
clp->cl_rpcclient = ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
clp->cl_proto = cl_init->proto;
clp->cl_net = get_net(cl_init->net);
cred = rpc_lookup_machine_cred("*");
if (!IS_ERR(cred))
clp->cl_machine_cred = cred;
nfs_fscache_get_client_cookie(clp);
return clp;
error_cleanup:
put_nfs_version(clp->cl_nfs_mod);
error_dealloc:
kfree(clp);
error_0:
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_alloc_client);
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NFS_V4)
void nfs_cleanup_cb_ident_idr(struct net *net)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfs_net_id);
idr_destroy(&nn->cb_ident_idr);
}
/* nfs_client_lock held */
static void nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(struct nfs_client *clp)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(clp->cl_net, nfs_net_id);
if (clp->cl_cb_ident)
idr_remove(&nn->cb_ident_idr, clp->cl_cb_ident);
}
static void pnfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server)
{
rpc_init_wait_queue(&server->roc_rpcwaitq, "pNFS ROC");
}
#else
void nfs_cleanup_cb_ident_idr(struct net *net)
{
}
static void nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(struct nfs_client *clp)
{
}
static void pnfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server)
{
}
#endif /* CONFIG_NFS_V4 */
nfs41: sessions client infrastructure NFSv4.1 Sessions basic data types, initialization, and destruction. The session is always associated with a struct nfs_client that holds the exchange_id results. Signed-off-by: Rahul Iyer <iyer@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson<andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [remove extraneous rpc_clnt pointer, use the struct nfs_client cl_rpcclient. remove the rpc_clnt parameter from nfs4 nfs4_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson<andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [Use the presence of a session to determine behaviour instead of the minorversion number.] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> [constified nfs4_has_session's struct nfs_client parameter] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [Rename nfs4_put_session() to nfs4_destroy_session() and call it from nfs4_free_client() not nfs4_free_server(). Also get rid of nfs4_get_session() and the ref_count in nfs4_session struct as keeping track of nfs_client should be sufficient] Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <Alexandros.Batsakis@netapp.com> [nfs41: pass rsize and wsize into nfs4_init_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> [separated out removal of rpc_clnt parameter from nfs4_init_session ot a patch of its own] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [Pass the nfs_client pointer into nfs4_alloc_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfs41: don't assign to session->clp->cl_session in nfs4_destroy_session] [nfs41: fixup nfs4_clear_client_minor_version] [introduce nfs4_clear_client_minor_version() in this patch] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [Refactor nfs4_init_session] Moved session allocation into nfs4_init_client_minor_version, called from nfs4_init_client. Leave rwise and wsize initialization in nfs4_init_session, called from nfs4_init_server. Reverted moving of nfs_fsid definition to nfs_fs_sb.h Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfs41: Move NFS4_MAX_SLOT_TABLE define from under CONFIG_NFS_V4_1] [Fix comile error when CONFIG_NFS_V4_1 is not set.] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [moved nfs4_init_slot_table definition to "create_session operation"] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfs41: alloc session with GFP_KERNEL] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-04-01 20:21:53 +07:00
/*
* Destroy a shared client record
*/
void nfs_free_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
{
dprintk("--> nfs_free_client(%u)\n", clp->rpc_ops->version);
nfs_fscache_release_client_cookie(clp);
/* -EIO all pending I/O */
if (!IS_ERR(clp->cl_rpcclient))
rpc_shutdown_client(clp->cl_rpcclient);
if (clp->cl_machine_cred != NULL)
put_rpccred(clp->cl_machine_cred);
put_net(clp->cl_net);
put_nfs_version(clp->cl_nfs_mod);
kfree(clp->cl_hostname);
kfree(clp->cl_acceptor);
kfree(clp);
dprintk("<-- nfs_free_client()\n");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_free_client);
/*
* Release a reference to a shared client record
*/
void nfs_put_client(struct nfs_client *clp)
{
struct nfs_net *nn;
if (!clp)
return;
dprintk("--> nfs_put_client({%d})\n", atomic_read(&clp->cl_count));
nn = net_generic(clp->cl_net, nfs_net_id);
if (atomic_dec_and_lock(&clp->cl_count, &nn->nfs_client_lock)) {
list_del(&clp->cl_share_link);
nfs_cb_idr_remove_locked(clp);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
WARN_ON_ONCE(!list_empty(&clp->cl_superblocks));
clp->rpc_ops->free_client(clp);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_put_client);
/*
* Find an nfs_client on the list that matches the initialisation data
* that is supplied.
*/
static struct nfs_client *nfs_match_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *data)
{
struct nfs_client *clp;
const struct sockaddr *sap = data->addr;
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(data->net, nfs_net_id);
list_for_each_entry(clp, &nn->nfs_client_list, cl_share_link) {
const struct sockaddr *clap = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr;
/* Don't match clients that failed to initialise properly */
if (clp->cl_cons_state < 0)
continue;
/* Different NFS versions cannot share the same nfs_client */
if (clp->rpc_ops != data->nfs_mod->rpc_ops)
continue;
if (clp->cl_proto != data->proto)
continue;
/* Match nfsv4 minorversion */
if (clp->cl_minorversion != data->minorversion)
continue;
/* Match the full socket address */
if (!rpc_cmp_addr_port(sap, clap))
continue;
atomic_inc(&clp->cl_count);
return clp;
}
return NULL;
}
static bool nfs_client_init_is_complete(const struct nfs_client *clp)
{
return clp->cl_cons_state <= NFS_CS_READY;
}
int nfs_wait_client_init_complete(const struct nfs_client *clp)
{
return wait_event_killable(nfs_client_active_wq,
nfs_client_init_is_complete(clp));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_wait_client_init_complete);
/*
* Found an existing client. Make sure it's ready before returning.
*/
static struct nfs_client *
nfs_found_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *cl_init,
struct nfs_client *clp)
{
int error;
error = nfs_wait_client_init_complete(clp);
if (error < 0) {
nfs_put_client(clp);
return ERR_PTR(-ERESTARTSYS);
}
if (clp->cl_cons_state < NFS_CS_READY) {
error = clp->cl_cons_state;
nfs_put_client(clp);
return ERR_PTR(error);
}
smp_rmb();
dprintk("<-- %s found nfs_client %p for %s\n",
__func__, clp, cl_init->hostname ?: "");
return clp;
}
/*
* Look up a client by IP address and protocol version
* - creates a new record if one doesn't yet exist
*/
struct nfs_client *
nfs_get_client(const struct nfs_client_initdata *cl_init,
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
const char *ip_addr,
rpc_authflavor_t authflavour)
{
struct nfs_client *clp, *new = NULL;
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(cl_init->net, nfs_net_id);
const struct nfs_rpc_ops *rpc_ops = cl_init->nfs_mod->rpc_ops;
if (cl_init->hostname == NULL) {
WARN_ON(1);
return NULL;
}
dprintk("--> nfs_get_client(%s,v%u)\n",
cl_init->hostname, rpc_ops->version);
/* see if the client already exists */
do {
spin_lock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
clp = nfs_match_client(cl_init);
if (clp) {
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
if (new)
new->rpc_ops->free_client(new);
return nfs_found_client(cl_init, clp);
}
if (new) {
NFS: Discover NFSv4 server trunking when mounting "Server trunking" is a fancy named for a multi-homed NFS server. Trunking might occur if a client sends NFS requests for a single workload to multiple network interfaces on the same server. There are some implications for NFSv4 state management that make it useful for a client to know if a single NFSv4 server instance is multi-homed. (Note this is only a consideration for NFSv4, not for legacy versions of NFS, which are stateless). If a client cares about server trunking, no NFSv4 operations can proceed until that client determines who it is talking to. Thus server IP trunking discovery must be done when the client first encounters an unfamiliar server IP address. The nfs_get_client() function walks the nfs_client_list and matches on server IP address. The outcome of that walk tells us immediately if we have an unfamiliar server IP address. It invokes nfs_init_client() in this case. Thus, nfs4_init_client() is a good spot to perform trunking discovery. Discovery requires a client to establish a fresh client ID, so our client will now send SETCLIENTID or EXCHANGE_ID as the first NFS operation after a successful ping, rather than waiting for an application to perform an operation that requires NFSv4 state. The exact process for detecting trunking is different for NFSv4.0 and NFSv4.1, so a minorversion-specific init_client callout method is introduced. CLID_INUSE recovery is important for the trunking discovery process. CLID_INUSE is a sign the server recognizes the client's nfs_client_id4 id string, but the client is using the wrong principal this time for the SETCLIENTID operation. The SETCLIENTID must be retried with a series of different principals until one works, and then the rest of trunking discovery can proceed. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-09-15 04:24:32 +07:00
list_add_tail(&new->cl_share_link,
&nn->nfs_client_list);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
new->cl_flags = cl_init->init_flags;
return rpc_ops->init_client(new, timeparms, ip_addr);
}
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
new = rpc_ops->alloc_client(cl_init);
} while (!IS_ERR(new));
dprintk("<-- nfs_get_client() Failed to find %s (%ld)\n",
cl_init->hostname, PTR_ERR(new));
return new;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_get_client);
/*
* Mark a server as ready or failed
*/
nfs41: add session setup to the state manager At mount, nfs_alloc_client sets the cl_state NFS4CLNT_LEASE_EXPIRED bit and nfs4_alloc_session sets the NFS4CLNT_SESSION_SETUP bit, so both bits are set when nfs4_lookup_root calls nfs4_recover_expired_lease which schedules the nfs4_state_manager and waits for it to complete. Place the session setup after the clientid establishment in nfs4_state_manager so that the session is setup right after the clientid has been established without rescheduling the state manager. Unlike nfsv4.0, the nfs_client struct is not ready to use until the session has been established. Postpone marking the nfs_client struct to NFS_CS_READY until after a successful CREATE_SESSION call so that other threads cannot use the client until the session is established. If the EXCHANGE_ID call fails and the session has not been setup (the NFS4CLNT_SESSION_SETUP bit is set), mark the client with the error and return. If the session setup CREATE_SESSION call fails with NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID which could occur due to server reboot or network partition inbetween the EXCHANGE_ID and CREATE_SESSION call, reset the NFS4CLNT_LEASE_EXPIRED and NFS4CLNT_SESSION_SETUP bits and try again. If the CREATE_SESSION call fails with other errors, mark the client with the error and return. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfs41: NFS_CS_SESSION_SETUP cl_cons_state for back channel setup] On session setup, the CREATE_SESSION reply races with the server back channel probe which needs to succeed to setup the back channel. Set a new cl_cons_state NFS_CS_SESSION_SETUP just prior to the CREATE_SESSION call and add it as a valid state to nfs_find_client so that the client back channel can find the nfs_client struct and won't drop the server backchannel probe. Use a new cl_cons_state so that NFSv4.0 back channel behaviour which only sets NFS_CS_READY is unchanged. Adjust waiting on the nfs_client_active_wq accordingly. Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [nfs41: rename NFS_CS_SESSION_SETUP to NFS_CS_SESSION_INITING] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> [nfs41: set NFS_CL_SESSION_INITING in alloc_session] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> [nfs41: move session setup into a function] Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com> Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> [moved nfs4_proc_create_session declaration here] Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2009-04-01 20:22:38 +07:00
void nfs_mark_client_ready(struct nfs_client *clp, int state)
{
smp_wmb();
clp->cl_cons_state = state;
wake_up_all(&nfs_client_active_wq);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_mark_client_ready);
/*
* Initialise the timeout values for a connection
*/
void nfs_init_timeout_values(struct rpc_timeout *to, int proto,
unsigned int timeo, unsigned int retrans)
{
to->to_initval = timeo * HZ / 10;
to->to_retries = retrans;
switch (proto) {
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_TCP:
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_RDMA:
if (to->to_retries == 0)
to->to_retries = NFS_DEF_TCP_RETRANS;
if (to->to_initval == 0)
to->to_initval = NFS_DEF_TCP_TIMEO * HZ / 10;
if (to->to_initval > NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT)
to->to_initval = NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT;
to->to_increment = to->to_initval;
to->to_maxval = to->to_initval + (to->to_increment * to->to_retries);
if (to->to_maxval > NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT)
to->to_maxval = NFS_MAX_TCP_TIMEOUT;
if (to->to_maxval < to->to_initval)
to->to_maxval = to->to_initval;
to->to_exponential = 0;
break;
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
if (to->to_retries == 0)
to->to_retries = NFS_DEF_UDP_RETRANS;
if (!to->to_initval)
to->to_initval = NFS_DEF_UDP_TIMEO * HZ / 10;
if (to->to_initval > NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT)
to->to_initval = NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT;
to->to_maxval = NFS_MAX_UDP_TIMEOUT;
to->to_exponential = 1;
break;
default:
BUG();
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_init_timeout_values);
/*
* Create an RPC client handle
*/
int nfs_create_rpc_client(struct nfs_client *clp,
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
rpc_authflavor_t flavor)
{
struct rpc_clnt *clnt = NULL;
struct rpc_create_args args = {
.net = clp->cl_net,
.protocol = clp->cl_proto,
.address = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr,
.addrsize = clp->cl_addrlen,
.timeout = timeparms,
.servername = clp->cl_hostname,
.program = &nfs_program,
.version = clp->rpc_ops->version,
.authflavor = flavor,
};
if (test_bit(NFS_CS_DISCRTRY, &clp->cl_flags))
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_DISCRTRY;
if (test_bit(NFS_CS_NO_RETRANS_TIMEOUT, &clp->cl_flags))
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NO_RETRANS_TIMEOUT;
if (test_bit(NFS_CS_NORESVPORT, &clp->cl_flags))
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_NONPRIVPORT;
if (test_bit(NFS_CS_INFINITE_SLOTS, &clp->cl_flags))
args.flags |= RPC_CLNT_CREATE_INFINITE_SLOTS;
if (!IS_ERR(clp->cl_rpcclient))
return 0;
clnt = rpc_create(&args);
if (IS_ERR(clnt)) {
dprintk("%s: cannot create RPC client. Error = %ld\n",
__func__, PTR_ERR(clnt));
return PTR_ERR(clnt);
}
clp->cl_rpcclient = clnt;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_create_rpc_client);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Version 2 or 3 client destruction
*/
static void nfs_destroy_server(struct nfs_server *server)
{
if (server->nlm_host)
nlmclnt_done(server->nlm_host);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
}
/*
* Version 2 or 3 lockd setup
*/
static int nfs_start_lockd(struct nfs_server *server)
{
struct nlm_host *host;
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
struct nlmclnt_initdata nlm_init = {
.hostname = clp->cl_hostname,
.address = (struct sockaddr *)&clp->cl_addr,
.addrlen = clp->cl_addrlen,
.nfs_version = clp->rpc_ops->version,
.noresvport = server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT ?
1 : 0,
.net = clp->cl_net,
};
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (nlm_init.nfs_version > 3)
return 0;
nfs: introduce mount option '-olocal_lock' to make locks local NFS clients since 2.6.12 support flock locks by emulating fcntl byte-range locks. Due to this, some windows applications which seem to use both flock (share mode lock mapped as flock by Samba) and fcntl locks sequentially on the same file, can't lock as they falsely assume the file is already locked. The problem was reported on a setup with windows clients accessing excel files on a Samba exported share which is originally a NFS mount from a NetApp filer. Older NFS clients (< 2.6.12) did not see this problem as flock locks were considered local. To support legacy flock behavior, this patch adds a mount option "-olocal_lock=" which can take the following values: 'none' - Neither flock locks nor POSIX locks are local 'flock' - flock locks are local 'posix' - fcntl/POSIX locks are local 'all' - Both flock locks and POSIX locks are local Testing: - This patch was tested by using -olocal_lock option with different values and the NLM calls were noted from the network packet captured. 'none' - NLM calls were seen during both flock() and fcntl(), flock lock was granted, fcntl was denied 'flock' - no NLM calls for flock(), NLM call was seen for fcntl(), granted 'posix' - NLM call was seen for flock() - granted, no NLM call for fcntl() 'all' - no NLM calls were seen during both flock() and fcntl() - No bugs were seen during NFSv4 locking/unlocking in general and NFSv4 reboot recovery. Cc: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Suresh Jayaraman <sjayaraman@suse.de> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2010-09-23 19:55:58 +07:00
if ((server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FLOCK) &&
(server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_LOCAL_FCNTL))
return 0;
switch (clp->cl_proto) {
default:
nlm_init.protocol = IPPROTO_TCP;
break;
case XPRT_TRANSPORT_UDP:
nlm_init.protocol = IPPROTO_UDP;
}
host = nlmclnt_init(&nlm_init);
if (IS_ERR(host))
return PTR_ERR(host);
server->nlm_host = host;
server->destroy = nfs_destroy_server;
return 0;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
}
/*
* Create a general RPC client
*/
int nfs_init_server_rpcclient(struct nfs_server *server,
const struct rpc_timeout *timeo,
rpc_authflavor_t pseudoflavour)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
server->client = rpc_clone_client_set_auth(clp->cl_rpcclient,
pseudoflavour);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (IS_ERR(server->client)) {
dprintk("%s: couldn't create rpc_client!\n", __func__);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
return PTR_ERR(server->client);
}
memcpy(&server->client->cl_timeout_default,
timeo,
sizeof(server->client->cl_timeout_default));
server->client->cl_timeout = &server->client->cl_timeout_default;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->client->cl_softrtry = 0;
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_SOFT)
server->client->cl_softrtry = 1;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_init_server_rpcclient);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/**
* nfs_init_client - Initialise an NFS2 or NFS3 client
*
* @clp: nfs_client to initialise
* @timeparms: timeout parameters for underlying RPC transport
* @ip_addr: IP presentation address (not used)
*
* Returns pointer to an NFS client, or an ERR_PTR value.
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
*/
struct nfs_client *nfs_init_client(struct nfs_client *clp,
const struct rpc_timeout *timeparms,
const char *ip_addr)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
int error;
if (clp->cl_cons_state == NFS_CS_READY) {
/* the client is already initialised */
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_client() = 0 [already %p]\n", clp);
return clp;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
}
/*
* Create a client RPC handle for doing FSSTAT with UNIX auth only
* - RFC 2623, sec 2.3.2
*/
error = nfs_create_rpc_client(clp, timeparms, RPC_AUTH_UNIX);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto error;
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, NFS_CS_READY);
return clp;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
error:
nfs_mark_client_ready(clp, error);
nfs_put_client(clp);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_client() = xerror %d\n", error);
return ERR_PTR(error);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_init_client);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Create a version 2 or 3 client
*/
static int nfs_init_server(struct nfs_server *server,
const struct nfs_parsed_mount_data *data,
struct nfs_subversion *nfs_mod)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_client_initdata cl_init = {
.hostname = data->nfs_server.hostname,
.addr = (const struct sockaddr *)&data->nfs_server.address,
.addrlen = data->nfs_server.addrlen,
.nfs_mod = nfs_mod,
.proto = data->nfs_server.protocol,
.net = data->net,
};
struct rpc_timeout timeparms;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
struct nfs_client *clp;
int error;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
dprintk("--> nfs_init_server()\n");
nfs_init_timeout_values(&timeparms, data->nfs_server.protocol,
data->timeo, data->retrans);
if (data->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORESVPORT)
set_bit(NFS_CS_NORESVPORT, &cl_init.init_flags);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/* Allocate or find a client reference we can use */
clp = nfs_get_client(&cl_init, &timeparms, NULL, RPC_AUTH_UNIX);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (IS_ERR(clp)) {
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = error %ld\n", PTR_ERR(clp));
return PTR_ERR(clp);
}
server->nfs_client = clp;
/* Initialise the client representation from the mount data */
server->flags = data->flags;
server->options = data->options;
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_HARDLINKS|NFS_CAP_SYMLINKS|NFS_CAP_FILEID|
NFS_CAP_MODE|NFS_CAP_NLINK|NFS_CAP_OWNER|NFS_CAP_OWNER_GROUP|
NFS_CAP_ATIME|NFS_CAP_CTIME|NFS_CAP_MTIME;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (data->rsize)
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(data->rsize, NULL);
if (data->wsize)
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(data->wsize, NULL);
server->acregmin = data->acregmin * HZ;
server->acregmax = data->acregmax * HZ;
server->acdirmin = data->acdirmin * HZ;
server->acdirmax = data->acdirmax * HZ;
/* Start lockd here, before we might error out */
error = nfs_start_lockd(server);
if (error < 0)
goto error;
server->port = data->nfs_server.port;
server->auth_info = data->auth_info;
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server, &timeparms,
data->selected_flavor);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto error;
/* Preserve the values of mount_server-related mount options */
if (data->mount_server.addrlen) {
memcpy(&server->mountd_address, &data->mount_server.address,
data->mount_server.addrlen);
server->mountd_addrlen = data->mount_server.addrlen;
}
server->mountd_version = data->mount_server.version;
server->mountd_port = data->mount_server.port;
server->mountd_protocol = data->mount_server.protocol;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->namelen = data->namlen;
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = 0 [new %p]\n", clp);
return 0;
error:
server->nfs_client = NULL;
nfs_put_client(clp);
dprintk("<-- nfs_init_server() = xerror %d\n", error);
return error;
}
/*
* Load up the server record from information gained in an fsinfo record
*/
static void nfs_server_set_fsinfo(struct nfs_server *server,
struct nfs_fsinfo *fsinfo)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
unsigned long max_rpc_payload;
/* Work out a lot of parameters */
if (server->rsize == 0)
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->rtpref, NULL);
if (server->wsize == 0)
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->wtpref, NULL);
if (fsinfo->rtmax >= 512 && server->rsize > fsinfo->rtmax)
server->rsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->rtmax, NULL);
if (fsinfo->wtmax >= 512 && server->wsize > fsinfo->wtmax)
server->wsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->wtmax, NULL);
max_rpc_payload = nfs_block_size(rpc_max_payload(server->client), NULL);
if (server->rsize > max_rpc_payload)
server->rsize = max_rpc_payload;
if (server->rsize > NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE)
server->rsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
mm, fs: get rid of PAGE_CACHE_* and page_cache_{get,release} macros PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} macros were introduced *long* time ago with promise that one day it will be possible to implement page cache with bigger chunks than PAGE_SIZE. This promise never materialized. And unlikely will. We have many places where PAGE_CACHE_SIZE assumed to be equal to PAGE_SIZE. And it's constant source of confusion on whether PAGE_CACHE_* or PAGE_* constant should be used in a particular case, especially on the border between fs and mm. Global switching to PAGE_CACHE_SIZE != PAGE_SIZE would cause to much breakage to be doable. Let's stop pretending that pages in page cache are special. They are not. The changes are pretty straight-forward: - <foo> << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - <foo> >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} -> PAGE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN}; - page_cache_get() -> get_page(); - page_cache_release() -> put_page(); This patch contains automated changes generated with coccinelle using script below. For some reason, coccinelle doesn't patch header files. I've called spatch for them manually. The only adjustment after coccinelle is revert of changes to PAGE_CAHCE_ALIGN definition: we are going to drop it later. There are few places in the code where coccinelle didn't reach. I'll fix them manually in a separate patch. Comments and documentation also will be addressed with the separate patch. virtual patch @@ expression E; @@ - E << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ expression E; @@ - E >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT + PAGE_SHIFT @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SIZE + PAGE_SIZE @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_MASK + PAGE_MASK @@ expression E; @@ - PAGE_CACHE_ALIGN(E) + PAGE_ALIGN(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_get(E) + get_page(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_release(E) + put_page(E) Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-04-01 19:29:47 +07:00
server->rpages = (server->rsize + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
server->backing_dev_info.name = "nfs";
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->backing_dev_info.ra_pages = server->rpages * NFS_MAX_READAHEAD;
if (server->wsize > max_rpc_payload)
server->wsize = max_rpc_payload;
if (server->wsize > NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE)
server->wsize = NFS_MAX_FILE_IO_SIZE;
mm, fs: get rid of PAGE_CACHE_* and page_cache_{get,release} macros PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} macros were introduced *long* time ago with promise that one day it will be possible to implement page cache with bigger chunks than PAGE_SIZE. This promise never materialized. And unlikely will. We have many places where PAGE_CACHE_SIZE assumed to be equal to PAGE_SIZE. And it's constant source of confusion on whether PAGE_CACHE_* or PAGE_* constant should be used in a particular case, especially on the border between fs and mm. Global switching to PAGE_CACHE_SIZE != PAGE_SIZE would cause to much breakage to be doable. Let's stop pretending that pages in page cache are special. They are not. The changes are pretty straight-forward: - <foo> << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - <foo> >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} -> PAGE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN}; - page_cache_get() -> get_page(); - page_cache_release() -> put_page(); This patch contains automated changes generated with coccinelle using script below. For some reason, coccinelle doesn't patch header files. I've called spatch for them manually. The only adjustment after coccinelle is revert of changes to PAGE_CAHCE_ALIGN definition: we are going to drop it later. There are few places in the code where coccinelle didn't reach. I'll fix them manually in a separate patch. Comments and documentation also will be addressed with the separate patch. virtual patch @@ expression E; @@ - E << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ expression E; @@ - E >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT + PAGE_SHIFT @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SIZE + PAGE_SIZE @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_MASK + PAGE_MASK @@ expression E; @@ - PAGE_CACHE_ALIGN(E) + PAGE_ALIGN(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_get(E) + get_page(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_release(E) + put_page(E) Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-04-01 19:29:47 +07:00
server->wpages = (server->wsize + PAGE_SIZE - 1) >> PAGE_SHIFT;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->wtmult = nfs_block_bits(fsinfo->wtmult, NULL);
server->dtsize = nfs_block_size(fsinfo->dtpref, NULL);
mm, fs: get rid of PAGE_CACHE_* and page_cache_{get,release} macros PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} macros were introduced *long* time ago with promise that one day it will be possible to implement page cache with bigger chunks than PAGE_SIZE. This promise never materialized. And unlikely will. We have many places where PAGE_CACHE_SIZE assumed to be equal to PAGE_SIZE. And it's constant source of confusion on whether PAGE_CACHE_* or PAGE_* constant should be used in a particular case, especially on the border between fs and mm. Global switching to PAGE_CACHE_SIZE != PAGE_SIZE would cause to much breakage to be doable. Let's stop pretending that pages in page cache are special. They are not. The changes are pretty straight-forward: - <foo> << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - <foo> >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) -> <foo>; - PAGE_CACHE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN} -> PAGE_{SIZE,SHIFT,MASK,ALIGN}; - page_cache_get() -> get_page(); - page_cache_release() -> put_page(); This patch contains automated changes generated with coccinelle using script below. For some reason, coccinelle doesn't patch header files. I've called spatch for them manually. The only adjustment after coccinelle is revert of changes to PAGE_CAHCE_ALIGN definition: we are going to drop it later. There are few places in the code where coccinelle didn't reach. I'll fix them manually in a separate patch. Comments and documentation also will be addressed with the separate patch. virtual patch @@ expression E; @@ - E << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ expression E; @@ - E >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT) + E @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT + PAGE_SHIFT @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_SIZE + PAGE_SIZE @@ @@ - PAGE_CACHE_MASK + PAGE_MASK @@ expression E; @@ - PAGE_CACHE_ALIGN(E) + PAGE_ALIGN(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_get(E) + get_page(E) @@ expression E; @@ - page_cache_release(E) + put_page(E) Signed-off-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill.shutemov@linux.intel.com> Acked-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2016-04-01 19:29:47 +07:00
if (server->dtsize > PAGE_SIZE * NFS_MAX_READDIR_PAGES)
server->dtsize = PAGE_SIZE * NFS_MAX_READDIR_PAGES;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (server->dtsize > server->rsize)
server->dtsize = server->rsize;
if (server->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NOAC) {
server->acregmin = server->acregmax = 0;
server->acdirmin = server->acdirmax = 0;
}
server->maxfilesize = fsinfo->maxfilesize;
server->time_delta = fsinfo->time_delta;
server->clone_blksize = fsinfo->clone_blksize;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/* We're airborne Set socket buffersize */
rpc_setbufsize(server->client, server->wsize + 100, server->rsize + 100);
}
/*
* Probe filesystem information, including the FSID on v2/v3
*/
int nfs_probe_fsinfo(struct nfs_server *server, struct nfs_fh *mntfh, struct nfs_fattr *fattr)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_fsinfo fsinfo;
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
int error;
dprintk("--> nfs_probe_fsinfo()\n");
if (clp->rpc_ops->set_capabilities != NULL) {
error = clp->rpc_ops->set_capabilities(server, mntfh);
if (error < 0)
goto out_error;
}
fsinfo.fattr = fattr;
fsinfo.layouttype = 0;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
error = clp->rpc_ops->fsinfo(server, mntfh, &fsinfo);
if (error < 0)
goto out_error;
nfs_server_set_fsinfo(server, &fsinfo);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/* Get some general file system info */
if (server->namelen == 0) {
struct nfs_pathconf pathinfo;
pathinfo.fattr = fattr;
nfs_fattr_init(fattr);
if (clp->rpc_ops->pathconf(server, mntfh, &pathinfo) >= 0)
server->namelen = pathinfo.max_namelen;
}
dprintk("<-- nfs_probe_fsinfo() = 0\n");
return 0;
out_error:
dprintk("nfs_probe_fsinfo: error = %d\n", -error);
return error;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_probe_fsinfo);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Copy useful information when duplicating a server record
*/
void nfs_server_copy_userdata(struct nfs_server *target, struct nfs_server *source)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
target->flags = source->flags;
target->rsize = source->rsize;
target->wsize = source->wsize;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
target->acregmin = source->acregmin;
target->acregmax = source->acregmax;
target->acdirmin = source->acdirmin;
target->acdirmax = source->acdirmax;
target->caps = source->caps;
target->options = source->options;
target->auth_info = source->auth_info;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_server_copy_userdata);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
void nfs_server_insert_lists(struct nfs_server *server)
{
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(clp->cl_net, nfs_net_id);
spin_lock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
list_add_tail_rcu(&server->client_link, &clp->cl_superblocks);
list_add_tail(&server->master_link, &nn->nfs_volume_list);
clear_bit(NFS_CS_STOP_RENEW, &clp->cl_res_state);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_server_insert_lists);
void nfs_server_remove_lists(struct nfs_server *server)
{
struct nfs_client *clp = server->nfs_client;
struct nfs_net *nn;
if (clp == NULL)
return;
nn = net_generic(clp->cl_net, nfs_net_id);
spin_lock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
list_del_rcu(&server->client_link);
if (list_empty(&clp->cl_superblocks))
set_bit(NFS_CS_STOP_RENEW, &clp->cl_res_state);
list_del(&server->master_link);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
synchronize_rcu();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_server_remove_lists);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Allocate and initialise a server record
*/
struct nfs_server *nfs_alloc_server(void)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_server *server;
server = kzalloc(sizeof(struct nfs_server), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!server)
return NULL;
server->client = server->client_acl = ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
/* Zero out the NFS state stuff */
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->client_link);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->master_link);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->delegations);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->layouts);
NFS: Cache state owners after files are closed Servers have a finite amount of memory to store NFSv4 open and lock owners. Moreover, servers may have a difficult time determining when they can reap their state owner table, thanks to gray areas in the NFSv4 protocol specification. Thus clients should be careful to reuse state owners when possible. Currently Linux is not too careful. When a user has closed all her files on one mount point, the state owner's reference count goes to zero, and it is released. The next OPEN allocates a new one. A workload that serially opens and closes files can run through a large number of open owners this way. When a state owner's reference count goes to zero, slap it onto a free list for that nfs_server, with an expiry time. Garbage collect before looking for a state owner. This makes state owners for active users available for re-use. Now that there can be unused state owners remaining at umount time, purge the state owner free list when a server is destroyed. Also be sure not to reclaim unused state owners during state recovery. This change has benefits for the client as well. For some workloads, this approach drops the number of OPEN_CONFIRM calls from the same as the number of OPEN calls, down to just one. This reduces wire traffic and thus open(2) latency. Before this patch, untarring a kernel source tarball shows the OPEN_CONFIRM call counter steadily increasing through the test. With the patch, the OPEN_CONFIRM count remains at 1 throughout the entire untar. As long as the expiry time is kept short, I don't think garbage collection should be terribly expensive, although it does bounce the clp->cl_lock around a bit. [ At some point we should rationalize the use of the nfs_server ->destroy method. ] Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> [Trond: Fixed a garbage collection race and a few efficiency issues] Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2011-12-07 04:13:48 +07:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&server->state_owners_lru);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
atomic_set(&server->active, 0);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->io_stats = nfs_alloc_iostats();
if (!server->io_stats) {
kfree(server);
return NULL;
}
if (bdi_init(&server->backing_dev_info)) {
nfs_free_iostats(server->io_stats);
kfree(server);
return NULL;
}
ida_init(&server->openowner_id);
ida_init(&server->lockowner_id);
pnfs_init_server(server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
return server;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_alloc_server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Free up a server record
*/
void nfs_free_server(struct nfs_server *server)
{
dprintk("--> nfs_free_server()\n");
nfs_server_remove_lists(server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (server->destroy != NULL)
server->destroy(server);
if (!IS_ERR(server->client_acl))
rpc_shutdown_client(server->client_acl);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (!IS_ERR(server->client))
rpc_shutdown_client(server->client);
nfs_put_client(server->nfs_client);
ida_destroy(&server->lockowner_id);
ida_destroy(&server->openowner_id);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
nfs_free_iostats(server->io_stats);
bdi_destroy(&server->backing_dev_info);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
kfree(server);
nfs_release_automount_timer();
dprintk("<-- nfs_free_server()\n");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_free_server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Create a version 2 or 3 volume record
* - keyed on server and FSID
*/
struct nfs_server *nfs_create_server(struct nfs_mount_info *mount_info,
struct nfs_subversion *nfs_mod)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_server *server;
struct nfs_fattr *fattr;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
int error;
server = nfs_alloc_server();
if (!server)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
error = -ENOMEM;
fattr = nfs_alloc_fattr();
if (fattr == NULL)
goto error;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/* Get a client representation */
error = nfs_init_server(server, mount_info->parsed, nfs_mod);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto error;
/* Probe the root fh to retrieve its FSID */
error = nfs_probe_fsinfo(server, mount_info->mntfh, fattr);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto error;
if (server->nfs_client->rpc_ops->version == 3) {
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS3_MAXNAMLEN)
server->namelen = NFS3_MAXNAMLEN;
if (!(mount_info->parsed->flags & NFS_MOUNT_NORDIRPLUS))
server->caps |= NFS_CAP_READDIRPLUS;
} else {
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS2_MAXNAMLEN)
server->namelen = NFS2_MAXNAMLEN;
}
if (!(fattr->valid & NFS_ATTR_FATTR)) {
error = nfs_mod->rpc_ops->getattr(server, mount_info->mntfh, fattr, NULL);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0) {
dprintk("nfs_create_server: getattr error = %d\n", -error);
goto error;
}
}
memcpy(&server->fsid, &fattr->fsid, sizeof(server->fsid));
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
dprintk("Server FSID: %llx:%llx\n",
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
nfs_server_insert_lists(server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->mount_time = jiffies;
nfs_free_fattr(fattr);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
return server;
error:
nfs_free_fattr(fattr);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
nfs_free_server(server);
return ERR_PTR(error);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_create_server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/*
* Clone an NFS2, NFS3 or NFS4 server record
*/
struct nfs_server *nfs_clone_server(struct nfs_server *source,
struct nfs_fh *fh,
struct nfs_fattr *fattr,
rpc_authflavor_t flavor)
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
{
struct nfs_server *server;
struct nfs_fattr *fattr_fsinfo;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
int error;
dprintk("--> nfs_clone_server(,%llx:%llx,)\n",
(unsigned long long) fattr->fsid.major,
(unsigned long long) fattr->fsid.minor);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server = nfs_alloc_server();
if (!server)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
error = -ENOMEM;
fattr_fsinfo = nfs_alloc_fattr();
if (fattr_fsinfo == NULL)
goto out_free_server;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
/* Copy data from the source */
server->nfs_client = source->nfs_client;
NFS: Cache state owners after files are closed Servers have a finite amount of memory to store NFSv4 open and lock owners. Moreover, servers may have a difficult time determining when they can reap their state owner table, thanks to gray areas in the NFSv4 protocol specification. Thus clients should be careful to reuse state owners when possible. Currently Linux is not too careful. When a user has closed all her files on one mount point, the state owner's reference count goes to zero, and it is released. The next OPEN allocates a new one. A workload that serially opens and closes files can run through a large number of open owners this way. When a state owner's reference count goes to zero, slap it onto a free list for that nfs_server, with an expiry time. Garbage collect before looking for a state owner. This makes state owners for active users available for re-use. Now that there can be unused state owners remaining at umount time, purge the state owner free list when a server is destroyed. Also be sure not to reclaim unused state owners during state recovery. This change has benefits for the client as well. For some workloads, this approach drops the number of OPEN_CONFIRM calls from the same as the number of OPEN calls, down to just one. This reduces wire traffic and thus open(2) latency. Before this patch, untarring a kernel source tarball shows the OPEN_CONFIRM call counter steadily increasing through the test. With the patch, the OPEN_CONFIRM count remains at 1 throughout the entire untar. As long as the expiry time is kept short, I don't think garbage collection should be terribly expensive, although it does bounce the clp->cl_lock around a bit. [ At some point we should rationalize the use of the nfs_server ->destroy method. ] Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> [Trond: Fixed a garbage collection race and a few efficiency issues] Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2011-12-07 04:13:48 +07:00
server->destroy = source->destroy;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
atomic_inc(&server->nfs_client->cl_count);
nfs_server_copy_userdata(server, source);
server->fsid = fattr->fsid;
error = nfs_init_server_rpcclient(server,
source->client->cl_timeout,
flavor);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto out_free_server;
/* probe the filesystem info for this server filesystem */
error = nfs_probe_fsinfo(server, fh, fattr_fsinfo);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
if (error < 0)
goto out_free_server;
if (server->namelen == 0 || server->namelen > NFS4_MAXNAMLEN)
server->namelen = NFS4_MAXNAMLEN;
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
dprintk("Cloned FSID: %llx:%llx\n",
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
error = nfs_start_lockd(server);
if (error < 0)
goto out_free_server;
nfs_server_insert_lists(server);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
server->mount_time = jiffies;
nfs_free_fattr(fattr_fsinfo);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
dprintk("<-- nfs_clone_server() = %p\n", server);
return server;
out_free_server:
nfs_free_fattr(fattr_fsinfo);
NFS: Share NFS superblocks per-protocol per-server per-FSID The attached patch makes NFS share superblocks between mounts from the same server and FSID over the same protocol. It does this by creating each superblock with a false root and returning the real root dentry in the vfsmount presented by get_sb(). The root dentry set starts off as an anonymous dentry if we don't already have the dentry for its inode, otherwise it simply returns the dentry we already have. We may thus end up with several trees of dentries in the superblock, and if at some later point one of anonymous tree roots is discovered by normal filesystem activity to be located in another tree within the superblock, the anonymous root is named and materialises attached to the second tree at the appropriate point. Why do it this way? Why not pass an extra argument to the mount() syscall to indicate the subpath and then pathwalk from the server root to the desired directory? You can't guarantee this will work for two reasons: (1) The root and intervening nodes may not be accessible to the client. With NFS2 and NFS3, for instance, mountd is called on the server to get the filehandle for the tip of a path. mountd won't give us handles for anything we don't have permission to access, and so we can't set up NFS inodes for such nodes, and so can't easily set up dentries (we'd have to have ghost inodes or something). With this patch we don't actually create dentries until we get handles from the server that we can use to set up their inodes, and we don't actually bind them into the tree until we know for sure where they go. (2) Inaccessible symbolic links. If we're asked to mount two exports from the server, eg: mount warthog:/warthog/aaa/xxx /mmm mount warthog:/warthog/bbb/yyy /nnn We may not be able to access anything nearer the root than xxx and yyy, but we may find out later that /mmm/www/yyy, say, is actually the same directory as the one mounted on /nnn. What we might then find out, for example, is that /warthog/bbb was actually a symbolic link to /warthog/aaa/xxx/www, but we can't actually determine that by talking to the server until /warthog is made available by NFS. This would lead to having constructed an errneous dentry tree which we can't easily fix. We can end up with a dentry marked as a directory when it should actually be a symlink, or we could end up with an apparently hardlinked directory. With this patch we need not make assumptions about the type of a dentry for which we can't retrieve information, nor need we assume we know its place in the grand scheme of things until we actually see that place. This patch reduces the possibility of aliasing in the inode and page caches for inodes that may be accessed by more than one NFS export. It also reduces the number of superblocks required for NFS where there are many NFS exports being used from a server (home directory server + autofs for example). This in turn makes it simpler to do local caching of network filesystems, as it can then be guaranteed that there won't be links from multiple inodes in separate superblocks to the same cache file. Obviously, cache aliasing between different levels of NFS protocol could still be a problem, but at least that gives us another key to use when indexing the cache. This patch makes the following changes: (1) The server record construction/destruction has been abstracted out into its own set of functions to make things easier to get right. These have been moved into fs/nfs/client.c. All the code in fs/nfs/client.c has to do with the management of connections to servers, and doesn't touch superblocks in any way; the remaining code in fs/nfs/super.c has to do with VFS superblock management. (2) The sequence of events undertaken by NFS mount is now reordered: (a) A volume representation (struct nfs_server) is allocated. (b) A server representation (struct nfs_client) is acquired. This may be allocated or shared, and is keyed on server address, port and NFS version. (c) If allocated, the client representation is initialised. The state member variable of nfs_client is used to prevent a race during initialisation from two mounts. (d) For NFS4 a simple pathwalk is performed, walking from FH to FH to find the root filehandle for the mount (fs/nfs/getroot.c). For NFS2/3 we are given the root FH in advance. (e) The volume FSID is probed for on the root FH. (f) The volume representation is initialised from the FSINFO record retrieved on the root FH. (g) sget() is called to acquire a superblock. This may be allocated or shared, keyed on client pointer and FSID. (h) If allocated, the superblock is initialised. (i) If the superblock is shared, then the new nfs_server record is discarded. (j) The root dentry for this mount is looked up from the root FH. (k) The root dentry for this mount is assigned to the vfsmount. (3) nfs_readdir_lookup() creates dentries for each of the entries readdir() returns; this function now attaches disconnected trees from alternate roots that happen to be discovered attached to a directory being read (in the same way nfs_lookup() is made to do for lookup ops). The new d_materialise_unique() function is now used to do this, thus permitting the whole thing to be done under one set of locks, and thus avoiding any race between mount and lookup operations on the same directory. (4) The client management code uses a new debug facility: NFSDBG_CLIENT which is set by echoing 1024 to /proc/net/sunrpc/nfs_debug. (5) Clone mounts are now called xdev mounts. (6) Use the dentry passed to the statfs() op as the handle for retrieving fs statistics rather than the root dentry of the superblock (which is now a dummy). Signed-Off-By: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2006-08-23 07:06:13 +07:00
nfs_free_server(server);
dprintk("<-- nfs_clone_server() = error %d\n", error);
return ERR_PTR(error);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nfs_clone_server);
void nfs_clients_init(struct net *net)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfs_net_id);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&nn->nfs_client_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&nn->nfs_volume_list);
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NFS_V4)
idr_init(&nn->cb_ident_idr);
#endif
spin_lock_init(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
NFS: Always use the same SETCLIENTID boot verifier Currently our NFS client assigns a unique SETCLIENTID boot verifier for each server IP address it knows about. It's set to CURRENT_TIME when the struct nfs_client for that server IP is created. During the SETCLIENTID operation, our client also presents an nfs_client_id4 string to servers, as an identifier on which the server can hang all of this client's NFSv4 state. Our client's nfs_client_id4 string is unique for each server IP address. An NFSv4 server is obligated to wipe all NFSv4 state associated with an nfs_client_id4 string when the client presents the same nfs_client_id4 string along with a changed SETCLIENTID boot verifier. When our client unmounts the last of a server's shares, it destroys that server's struct nfs_client. The next time the client mounts that NFS server, it creates a fresh struct nfs_client with a fresh boot verifier. On seeing the fresh verifer, the server wipes any previous NFSv4 state associated with that nfs_client_id4. However, NFSv4.1 clients are supposed to present the same nfs_client_id4 string to all servers. And, to support Transparent State Migration, the same nfs_client_id4 string should be presented to all NFSv4.0 servers so they recognize that migrated state for this client belongs with state a server may already have for this client. (This is known as the Uniform Client String model). If the nfs_client_id4 string is the same but the boot verifier changes for each server IP address, SETCLIENTID and EXCHANGE_ID operations from such a client could unintentionally result in a server wiping a client's previously obtained lease. Thus, if our NFS client is going to use a fixed nfs_client_id4 string, either for NFSv4.0 or NFSv4.1 mounts, our NFS client should use a boot verifier that does not change depending on server IP address. Replace our current per-nfs_client boot verifier with a per-nfs_net boot verifier. Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
2012-05-22 09:45:41 +07:00
nn->boot_time = CURRENT_TIME;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS
static int nfs_server_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
static void *nfs_server_list_start(struct seq_file *p, loff_t *pos);
static void *nfs_server_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos);
static void nfs_server_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v);
static int nfs_server_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v);
static const struct seq_operations nfs_server_list_ops = {
.start = nfs_server_list_start,
.next = nfs_server_list_next,
.stop = nfs_server_list_stop,
.show = nfs_server_list_show,
};
static const struct file_operations nfs_server_list_fops = {
.open = nfs_server_list_open,
.read = seq_read,
.llseek = seq_lseek,
.release = seq_release_net,
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
};
static int nfs_volume_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file);
static void *nfs_volume_list_start(struct seq_file *p, loff_t *pos);
static void *nfs_volume_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos);
static void nfs_volume_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v);
static int nfs_volume_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v);
static const struct seq_operations nfs_volume_list_ops = {
.start = nfs_volume_list_start,
.next = nfs_volume_list_next,
.stop = nfs_volume_list_stop,
.show = nfs_volume_list_show,
};
static const struct file_operations nfs_volume_list_fops = {
.open = nfs_volume_list_open,
.read = seq_read,
.llseek = seq_lseek,
.release = seq_release_net,
.owner = THIS_MODULE,
};
/*
* open "/proc/fs/nfsfs/servers" which provides a summary of servers with which
* we're dealing
*/
static int nfs_server_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
{
return seq_open_net(inode, file, &nfs_server_list_ops,
sizeof(struct seq_net_private));
}
/*
* set up the iterator to start reading from the server list and return the first item
*/
static void *nfs_server_list_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *_pos)
__acquires(&nn->nfs_client_lock)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(m), nfs_net_id);
/* lock the list against modification */
spin_lock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
return seq_list_start_head(&nn->nfs_client_list, *_pos);
}
/*
* move to next server
*/
static void *nfs_server_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(p), nfs_net_id);
return seq_list_next(v, &nn->nfs_client_list, pos);
}
/*
* clean up after reading from the transports list
*/
static void nfs_server_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v)
__releases(&nn->nfs_client_lock)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(p), nfs_net_id);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
}
/*
* display a header line followed by a load of call lines
*/
static int nfs_server_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
{
struct nfs_client *clp;
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(m), nfs_net_id);
/* display header on line 1 */
if (v == &nn->nfs_client_list) {
seq_puts(m, "NV SERVER PORT USE HOSTNAME\n");
return 0;
}
/* display one transport per line on subsequent lines */
clp = list_entry(v, struct nfs_client, cl_share_link);
/* Check if the client is initialized */
if (clp->cl_cons_state != NFS_CS_READY)
return 0;
rcu_read_lock();
seq_printf(m, "v%u %s %s %3d %s\n",
clp->rpc_ops->version,
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_ADDR),
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_PORT),
atomic_read(&clp->cl_count),
clp->cl_hostname);
rcu_read_unlock();
return 0;
}
/*
* open "/proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes" which provides a summary of extant volumes
*/
static int nfs_volume_list_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
{
return seq_open_net(inode, file, &nfs_volume_list_ops,
sizeof(struct seq_net_private));
}
/*
* set up the iterator to start reading from the volume list and return the first item
*/
static void *nfs_volume_list_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *_pos)
__acquires(&nn->nfs_client_lock)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(m), nfs_net_id);
/* lock the list against modification */
spin_lock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
return seq_list_start_head(&nn->nfs_volume_list, *_pos);
}
/*
* move to next volume
*/
static void *nfs_volume_list_next(struct seq_file *p, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(p), nfs_net_id);
return seq_list_next(v, &nn->nfs_volume_list, pos);
}
/*
* clean up after reading from the transports list
*/
static void nfs_volume_list_stop(struct seq_file *p, void *v)
__releases(&nn->nfs_client_lock)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(p), nfs_net_id);
spin_unlock(&nn->nfs_client_lock);
}
/*
* display a header line followed by a load of call lines
*/
static int nfs_volume_list_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
{
struct nfs_server *server;
struct nfs_client *clp;
char dev[13]; // 8 for 2^24, 1 for ':', 3 for 2^8, 1 for '\0'
char fsid[34]; // 2 * 16 for %llx, 1 for ':', 1 for '\0'
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(seq_file_net(m), nfs_net_id);
/* display header on line 1 */
if (v == &nn->nfs_volume_list) {
seq_puts(m, "NV SERVER PORT DEV FSID"
" FSC\n");
return 0;
}
/* display one transport per line on subsequent lines */
server = list_entry(v, struct nfs_server, master_link);
clp = server->nfs_client;
snprintf(dev, sizeof(dev), "%u:%u",
MAJOR(server->s_dev), MINOR(server->s_dev));
snprintf(fsid, sizeof(fsid), "%llx:%llx",
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.major,
(unsigned long long) server->fsid.minor);
rcu_read_lock();
seq_printf(m, "v%u %s %s %-12s %-33s %s\n",
clp->rpc_ops->version,
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_ADDR),
rpc_peeraddr2str(clp->cl_rpcclient, RPC_DISPLAY_HEX_PORT),
dev,
fsid,
nfs_server_fscache_state(server));
rcu_read_unlock();
return 0;
}
int nfs_fs_proc_net_init(struct net *net)
{
struct nfs_net *nn = net_generic(net, nfs_net_id);
struct proc_dir_entry *p;
nn->proc_nfsfs = proc_net_mkdir(net, "nfsfs", net->proc_net);
if (!nn->proc_nfsfs)
goto error_0;
/* a file of servers with which we're dealing */
p = proc_create("servers", S_IFREG|S_IRUGO,
nn->proc_nfsfs, &nfs_server_list_fops);
if (!p)
goto error_1;
/* a file of volumes that we have mounted */
p = proc_create("volumes", S_IFREG|S_IRUGO,
nn->proc_nfsfs, &nfs_volume_list_fops);
if (!p)
nfs: fix kernel warning when removing proc entry I saw the following kernel warning: [ 1852.321222] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 1852.326527] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 118 at fs/proc/generic.c:521 remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b() [ 1852.335630] remove_proc_entry: removing non-empty directory 'fs/nfsfs', leaking at least 'volumes' [ 1852.344084] CPU: 0 PID: 118 Comm: kworker/u8:2 Not tainted 3.16.0+ #540 [ 1852.350036] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011 [ 1852.354992] Workqueue: netns cleanup_net [ 1852.358701] 0000000000000000 ffff880116f2fbd0 ffffffff819c03e9 ffff880116f2fc18 [ 1852.366474] ffff880116f2fc08 ffffffff810744ee ffffffff811e0e6e ffff8800d4e96238 [ 1852.373507] ffffffff81dbe665 ffff8800d46a5948 0000000000000005 ffff880116f2fc68 [ 1852.380224] Call Trace: [ 1852.381976] [<ffffffff819c03e9>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66 [ 1852.385495] [<ffffffff810744ee>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7a/0x93 [ 1852.389869] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] ? remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.393987] [<ffffffff8107457b>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x4e [ 1852.397999] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.402034] [<ffffffff8129c73d>] nfs_fs_proc_net_exit+0x53/0x56 [ 1852.406136] [<ffffffff812a103b>] nfs_net_exit+0x12/0x1d [ 1852.409774] [<ffffffff81785bc9>] ops_exit_list+0x44/0x55 [ 1852.413529] [<ffffffff81786389>] cleanup_net+0xee/0x182 [ 1852.417198] [<ffffffff81088c9e>] process_one_work+0x209/0x40d [ 1852.502320] [<ffffffff81088bf7>] ? process_one_work+0x162/0x40d [ 1852.587629] [<ffffffff810890c1>] worker_thread+0x1f0/0x2c7 [ 1852.673291] [<ffffffff81088ed1>] ? process_scheduled_works+0x2f/0x2f [ 1852.759470] [<ffffffff8108e079>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1 [ 1852.843099] [<ffffffff8109427f>] ? finish_task_switch+0x3a/0xce [ 1852.926518] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.008565] [<ffffffff819cbeac>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0 [ 1853.076477] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.140653] ---[ end trace 69c4c6617f78e32d ]--- It looks wrong that we add "/proc/net/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_init() while remove "/proc/fs/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_exit(). Fixes: commit 65b38851a17 (NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers and /proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes) Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: Dan Aloni <dan@kernelim.com> Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> [Trond: replace uses of remove_proc_entry() with remove_proc_subtree() as suggested by Al Viro] Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x : 65b38851a17: NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2014-09-09 06:17:55 +07:00
goto error_1;
return 0;
error_1:
nfs: fix kernel warning when removing proc entry I saw the following kernel warning: [ 1852.321222] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 1852.326527] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 118 at fs/proc/generic.c:521 remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b() [ 1852.335630] remove_proc_entry: removing non-empty directory 'fs/nfsfs', leaking at least 'volumes' [ 1852.344084] CPU: 0 PID: 118 Comm: kworker/u8:2 Not tainted 3.16.0+ #540 [ 1852.350036] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011 [ 1852.354992] Workqueue: netns cleanup_net [ 1852.358701] 0000000000000000 ffff880116f2fbd0 ffffffff819c03e9 ffff880116f2fc18 [ 1852.366474] ffff880116f2fc08 ffffffff810744ee ffffffff811e0e6e ffff8800d4e96238 [ 1852.373507] ffffffff81dbe665 ffff8800d46a5948 0000000000000005 ffff880116f2fc68 [ 1852.380224] Call Trace: [ 1852.381976] [<ffffffff819c03e9>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66 [ 1852.385495] [<ffffffff810744ee>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7a/0x93 [ 1852.389869] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] ? remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.393987] [<ffffffff8107457b>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x4e [ 1852.397999] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.402034] [<ffffffff8129c73d>] nfs_fs_proc_net_exit+0x53/0x56 [ 1852.406136] [<ffffffff812a103b>] nfs_net_exit+0x12/0x1d [ 1852.409774] [<ffffffff81785bc9>] ops_exit_list+0x44/0x55 [ 1852.413529] [<ffffffff81786389>] cleanup_net+0xee/0x182 [ 1852.417198] [<ffffffff81088c9e>] process_one_work+0x209/0x40d [ 1852.502320] [<ffffffff81088bf7>] ? process_one_work+0x162/0x40d [ 1852.587629] [<ffffffff810890c1>] worker_thread+0x1f0/0x2c7 [ 1852.673291] [<ffffffff81088ed1>] ? process_scheduled_works+0x2f/0x2f [ 1852.759470] [<ffffffff8108e079>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1 [ 1852.843099] [<ffffffff8109427f>] ? finish_task_switch+0x3a/0xce [ 1852.926518] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.008565] [<ffffffff819cbeac>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0 [ 1853.076477] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.140653] ---[ end trace 69c4c6617f78e32d ]--- It looks wrong that we add "/proc/net/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_init() while remove "/proc/fs/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_exit(). Fixes: commit 65b38851a17 (NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers and /proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes) Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: Dan Aloni <dan@kernelim.com> Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> [Trond: replace uses of remove_proc_entry() with remove_proc_subtree() as suggested by Al Viro] Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x : 65b38851a17: NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2014-09-09 06:17:55 +07:00
remove_proc_subtree("nfsfs", net->proc_net);
error_0:
return -ENOMEM;
}
void nfs_fs_proc_net_exit(struct net *net)
{
nfs: fix kernel warning when removing proc entry I saw the following kernel warning: [ 1852.321222] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 1852.326527] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 118 at fs/proc/generic.c:521 remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b() [ 1852.335630] remove_proc_entry: removing non-empty directory 'fs/nfsfs', leaking at least 'volumes' [ 1852.344084] CPU: 0 PID: 118 Comm: kworker/u8:2 Not tainted 3.16.0+ #540 [ 1852.350036] Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011 [ 1852.354992] Workqueue: netns cleanup_net [ 1852.358701] 0000000000000000 ffff880116f2fbd0 ffffffff819c03e9 ffff880116f2fc18 [ 1852.366474] ffff880116f2fc08 ffffffff810744ee ffffffff811e0e6e ffff8800d4e96238 [ 1852.373507] ffffffff81dbe665 ffff8800d46a5948 0000000000000005 ffff880116f2fc68 [ 1852.380224] Call Trace: [ 1852.381976] [<ffffffff819c03e9>] dump_stack+0x4d/0x66 [ 1852.385495] [<ffffffff810744ee>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7a/0x93 [ 1852.389869] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] ? remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.393987] [<ffffffff8107457b>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x4c/0x4e [ 1852.397999] [<ffffffff811e0e6e>] remove_proc_entry+0x154/0x16b [ 1852.402034] [<ffffffff8129c73d>] nfs_fs_proc_net_exit+0x53/0x56 [ 1852.406136] [<ffffffff812a103b>] nfs_net_exit+0x12/0x1d [ 1852.409774] [<ffffffff81785bc9>] ops_exit_list+0x44/0x55 [ 1852.413529] [<ffffffff81786389>] cleanup_net+0xee/0x182 [ 1852.417198] [<ffffffff81088c9e>] process_one_work+0x209/0x40d [ 1852.502320] [<ffffffff81088bf7>] ? process_one_work+0x162/0x40d [ 1852.587629] [<ffffffff810890c1>] worker_thread+0x1f0/0x2c7 [ 1852.673291] [<ffffffff81088ed1>] ? process_scheduled_works+0x2f/0x2f [ 1852.759470] [<ffffffff8108e079>] kthread+0xc9/0xd1 [ 1852.843099] [<ffffffff8109427f>] ? finish_task_switch+0x3a/0xce [ 1852.926518] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.008565] [<ffffffff819cbeac>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0 [ 1853.076477] [<ffffffff8108dfb0>] ? __kthread_parkme+0x61/0x61 [ 1853.140653] ---[ end trace 69c4c6617f78e32d ]--- It looks wrong that we add "/proc/net/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_init() while remove "/proc/fs/nfsfs" in nfs_fs_proc_net_exit(). Fixes: commit 65b38851a17 (NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers and /proc/fs/nfsfs/volumes) Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com> Cc: Dan Aloni <dan@kernelim.com> Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> [Trond: replace uses of remove_proc_entry() with remove_proc_subtree() as suggested by Al Viro] Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x : 65b38851a17: NFS: Fix /proc/fs/nfsfs/servers Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.4.x Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2014-09-09 06:17:55 +07:00
remove_proc_subtree("nfsfs", net->proc_net);
}
/*
* initialise the /proc/fs/nfsfs/ directory
*/
int __init nfs_fs_proc_init(void)
{
if (!proc_mkdir("fs/nfsfs", NULL))
goto error_0;
/* a file of servers with which we're dealing */
if (!proc_symlink("fs/nfsfs/servers", NULL, "../../net/nfsfs/servers"))
goto error_1;
/* a file of volumes that we have mounted */
if (!proc_symlink("fs/nfsfs/volumes", NULL, "../../net/nfsfs/volumes"))
goto error_1;
return 0;
error_1:
remove_proc_subtree("fs/nfsfs", NULL);
error_0:
return -ENOMEM;
}
/*
* clean up the /proc/fs/nfsfs/ directory
*/
void nfs_fs_proc_exit(void)
{
remove_proc_subtree("fs/nfsfs", NULL);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_PROC_FS */